mac80211.h 237.2 KB
Newer Older
1
/*
2 3
 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
 *
4 5
 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
 * Copyright 2006-2007	Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
6
 * Copyright 2007-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7
 * Copyright 2013-2014  Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8
 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9
 * Copyright (C) 2018        Intel Corporation
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
 *
 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
 */

#ifndef MAC80211_H
#define MAC80211_H

19
#include <linux/bug.h>
20 21 22 23 24
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
#include <net/cfg80211.h>
25
#include <net/codel.h>
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
26
#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
27
#include <asm/unaligned.h>
28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
/**
 * DOC: Introduction
 *
 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
 * drivers.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
 *
 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
42 43 44
 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
45 46 47 48
 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
 * tasklet function.
 *
 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
49
 *	 use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
50 51
 */

52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
/**
 * DOC: Warning
 *
 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
 */

/**
 * DOC: Frame format
 *
 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
 * hardware.
 *
 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
 *
 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
 *
 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
74 75
 */

76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
 *
 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
 * suspend.
 *
 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
 *
 */

91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
/**
 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
 *
 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
 * between different stations/interfaces.
 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
 *
 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
 * driver operation.
 *
104 105 106
 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
107 108 109 110
 *
 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
 *
111 112 113
 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame, it calls
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a queue, it
 * calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124
 *
 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
 * .release_buffered_frames().
 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
 */

125 126
struct device;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
127 128 129 130
/**
 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
 *
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
131
 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
132 133
 */
enum ieee80211_max_queues {
134
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES =		16,
135
	IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP =	BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
136 137
};

138 139
#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE	0xff

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
 */
enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
	IEEE80211_AC_VO		= 0,
	IEEE80211_AC_VI		= 1,
	IEEE80211_AC_BE		= 2,
	IEEE80211_AC_BK		= 3,
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
154 155 156 157
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
158
 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
159
 *
160
 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
161 162
 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
163
 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
164
 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
165
 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
166
 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
167 168
 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
169
 */
170
struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
171
	u16 txop;
172 173
	u16 cw_min;
	u16 cw_max;
174
	u8 aifs;
175
	bool acm;
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
176
	bool uapsd;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
177 178
	bool mu_edca;
	struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187
};

struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
	unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
	unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
	unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
};

188 189
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
190
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
191
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
192
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
193 194
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
 *	this is used only with channel switching with CSA
195
 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
196 197
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
198
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH		= BIT(0),
199
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS	= BIT(1),
200
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR		= BIT(2),
201
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL	= BIT(3),
202
	IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH	= BIT(4),
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
 *
 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
 *
211
 * @def: the channel definition
212
 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
213 214 215 216
 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
 *	active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
 *	after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
217
 *	this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
218
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
219 220 221 222
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
 *	sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
 */
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
223
	struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
224
	struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
225

226 227
	u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;

228 229
	bool radar_enabled;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
230
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
231 232
};

233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269
/**
 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
 *	exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
 *	needs to be switched from one to the other.
 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
 *      to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
 *      will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
 *      from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
 *      implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
 *      hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
 *      will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
 *      for changes/removal.)
 */
enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
	CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
};

/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
 *
 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another.  The
 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
 * done.
 *
 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
 */
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
};

270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279
/**
 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
 *
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
 *	also implies a change in the AID.
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
280
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
T
Tomas Winkler 已提交
281
 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
282
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
283
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
284 285 286 287 288 289
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
 *	reason (IBSS and managed mode)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
 *	new beacon (beaconing modes)
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
 *	enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
290
 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
291
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
292
 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
293 294
 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
 *	that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
295
 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
296
 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
297
 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
298
 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
299
 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
300
 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
301
 *	changed
302 303
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
 *	currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
304 305 306
 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
 *	note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
 *	context had been assigned.
307
 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
308
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
309 310
 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
 *	keep alive) changed.
311 312
 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
 *
313 314 315 316 317
 */
enum ieee80211_bss_change {
	BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC		= 1<<0,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT	= 1<<1,
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE	= 1<<2,
318
	BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT		= 1<<3,
A
Alexander Simon 已提交
319
	BSS_CHANGED_HT			= 1<<4,
320
	BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES		= 1<<5,
321
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT		= 1<<6,
322 323 324
	BSS_CHANGED_BSSID		= 1<<7,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON		= 1<<8,
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED	= 1<<9,
325
	BSS_CHANGED_CQM			= 1<<10,
326
	BSS_CHANGED_IBSS		= 1<<11,
327
	BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER		= 1<<12,
328
	BSS_CHANGED_QOS			= 1<<13,
329
	BSS_CHANGED_IDLE		= 1<<14,
330
	BSS_CHANGED_SSID		= 1<<15,
331
	BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP	= 1<<16,
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
332
	BSS_CHANGED_PS			= 1<<17,
333
	BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER		= 1<<18,
334
	BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS		= 1<<19,
335
	BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO		= 1<<20,
336
	BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH		= 1<<21,
337
	BSS_CHANGED_OCB                 = 1<<22,
338
	BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS		= 1<<23,
339
	BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE		= 1<<24,
340
	BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE		= 1<<25,
341 342

	/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
343 344
};

345 346 347 348 349 350 351
/*
 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
 * filtering will be disabled.
 */
#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4

352
/**
353 354
 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
355
 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
356
 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
357 358 359
 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
 *	they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
 *	once each time the timeout triggers.
360
 */
361 362
enum ieee80211_event_type {
	RSSI_EVENT,
363
	MLME_EVENT,
364
	BAR_RX_EVENT,
365
	BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
 */
enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
374 375 376 377
	RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
	RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
};

378
/**
379
 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
380 381 382 383 384 385
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
 */
struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
	enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
};

386 387 388
/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
389
 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
390 391
 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
392 393 394
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
	AUTH_EVENT,
395
	ASSOC_EVENT,
396 397
	DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
	DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412
};

/**
 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
 */
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
	MLME_SUCCESS,
	MLME_DENIED,
	MLME_TIMEOUT,
};

/**
413
 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423
 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
 */
struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
	enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
	u16 reason;
};

424 425 426 427
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
 * @tid: the tid
428
 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
429 430 431 432 433 434 435
 */
struct ieee80211_ba_event {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
};

436 437
/**
 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
438
 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
439
 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
440
 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
441
 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
442
 * @u:union holding the fields above
443 444 445 446 447
 */
struct ieee80211_event {
	enum ieee80211_event_type type;
	union {
		struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
448
		struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
449
		struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
450 451 452
	} u;
};

453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
 *
 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
 *
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 */
struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
	u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
	u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
};

466 467 468 469 470 471
/**
 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
 *
 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480
 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
 *	ACK, BACK or both
 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
481
 * @assoc: association status
482 483
 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
 *	or not
484
 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
485 486
 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
487 488
 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
489
 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
490
 *	valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
491
 *	with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
492
 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
493 494 495 496
 *	as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
 *	HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
 *	only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
 *	association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
497
 *	%BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
498 499
 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
 *	the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
500
 *	(see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
501 502
 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
 *	is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
503 504 505
 *	IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
 *	by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
 *	guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
506
 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
507
 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
508 509 510
 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
 *	index into the rate table configured by the driver in
 *	the current band.
511
 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
512
 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
513 514
 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
515 516
 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
 *	configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
517
 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
518
 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
519 520 521
 *	This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
 *	Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
 *	be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
522
 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
523 524 525
 *	implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
 *	cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
 *	relation to the newly configured threshold.
526 527 528 529
 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
 *	implies disabled.  This is an alternative mechanism to the single
 *	threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
530
 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
531 532 533 534
 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
 *	may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
 *	The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
 *	to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
535 536 537
 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
 *	may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
 *	array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
538
 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
539 540 541
 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
 *	hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
 *	your driver/device needs to do.
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
542 543
 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
 *	offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
544
 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
545 546
 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
547
 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
548 549 550 551 552 553
 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
 *	Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
 *	TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
 *	userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
 *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
554
 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
555 556 557
 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
 *	to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
 *	if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
558 559 560 561 562 563 564
 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
 *	transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
 *	In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
 *	a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
 *	protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
 *	station.
565 566
 */
struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
567
	const u8 *bssid;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575
	u8 bss_color;
	u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
	bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
	bool uora_exists;
	bool ack_enabled;
	u8 uora_ocw_range;
	u16 frame_time_rts_th;
	bool he_support;
576
	/* association related data */
577
	bool assoc, ibss_joined;
578
	bool ibss_creator;
579 580 581 582
	u16 aid;
	/* erp related data */
	bool use_cts_prot;
	bool use_short_preamble;
583
	bool use_short_slot;
584
	bool enable_beacon;
585
	u8 dtim_period;
586 587
	u16 beacon_int;
	u16 assoc_capability;
588 589
	u64 sync_tsf;
	u32 sync_device_ts;
590
	u8 sync_dtim_count;
591
	u32 basic_rates;
592
	struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
593
	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
594
	u16 ht_operation_mode;
595 596
	s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
	u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
597 598
	s32 cqm_rssi_low;
	s32 cqm_rssi_high;
599
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
600
	struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
601
	__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
602
	int arp_addr_cnt;
603
	bool qos;
604
	bool idle;
E
Eliad Peller 已提交
605
	bool ps;
606 607 608
	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
	size_t ssid_len;
	bool hidden_ssid;
609
	int txpower;
610
	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
J
Janusz Dziedzic 已提交
611
	struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
612
	bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
613 614
	u16 max_idle_period;
	bool protected_keep_alive;
615 616
};

617
/**
618
 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
619
 *
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
620
 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
621
 *
622
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
 *	number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
 *	number and increasing the sequence number only when the
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
 *	assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
 *	for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
 *	that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
 *	If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
 *	assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
 *	802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
 *	beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
634 635 636 637 638 639
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
 *	station
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
640
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
641
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649
 *	because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
 *	avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
 *	firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
 *	went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
 *	the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
 *	that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
 *	since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
 *	hardware queue.
650 651 652
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
 * 	is for the whole aggregation.
653 654
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
 * 	so consider using block ack request (BAR).
655 656 657
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
 *	set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
 *	be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
658 659 660
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
 *	that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
 *	off-channel operation.
661 662 663
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
 *	it can be sent out.
664 665
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
666 667
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
 *	used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
668 669 670
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
 *	be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
671 672 673 674
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
 *	transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
 *	by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
 *	queue gets full.
675 676 677
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
 *	after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
 *	be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
678 679 680
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
 *	code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
 *	should kick the MLME state machine.
681 682 683
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
 *	MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
 *	status to user space)
684
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
685 686
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
 *	frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
687 688 689 690
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
 *	the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
 *	in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
 *	handled properly by the device.
691 692 693
 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
 *	testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
 *	TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
694 695 696
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
 *	This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
 *	frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
697 698 699
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
 *	when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
 *	an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
700 701
 *	the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
 *	PS-Poll responses.
702 703 704
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
 *	This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
 *	the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
705 706 707
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
 *	would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
 *	monitor injection).
708 709 710 711 712
 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
 *	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
 *	any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
 *	This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
 *	behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
713 714 715
 *
 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
 *	 forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
716
 */
717
enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
718
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS		= BIT(0),
719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK			= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM	= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU			= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED		= BIT(7),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED		= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK			= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU			= BIT(10),
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK		= BIT(11),
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE	= BIT(12),
731
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK	= BIT(13),
732
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING	= BIT(14),
733
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED		= BIT(15),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
734
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT		= BIT(16),
735
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER		= BIT(17),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
736
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES		= BIT(18),
737
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION	= BIT(19),
738
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX		= BIT(20),
739
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX	= BIT(21),
740
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC			= BIT(22),
741
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC			= BIT(23) | BIT(24),
742
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN		= BIT(25),
743
	IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE	= BIT(26),
744
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE		= BIT(27),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
745
	IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP		= BIT(28),
746
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE		= BIT(29),
747
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG		= BIT(30),
748
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED	= BIT(31),
749 750
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
751 752
#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT		23

753 754 755 756 757
/**
 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
 *	protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
758 759
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
 *	frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
760
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
761
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
762
 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
763 764 765 766 767
 *
 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
 */
enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO	= BIT(0),
768
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE		= BIT(1),
769
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT		= BIT(2),
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
770
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU			= BIT(3),
771
	IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT		= BIT(4),
772 773
};

774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782
/*
 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
 */
#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT |    \
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU |	      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED |	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK |		      \
	IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK |	      \
783
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER |    \
784
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC |		      \
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
785
	IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
786

787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798
/**
 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
 *	Rate Control algorithm.
 *
 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
 *	This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
799 800
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
 *	into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
801 802 803
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
 *	Greenfield mode.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
804 805 806
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
 *	(80+80 isn't supported yet)
807 808 809 810 811
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
 *	adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
 */
812 813 814 815 816
enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= BIT(2),

817
	/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
818 819 820 821 822
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS			= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI		= BIT(7),
823 824 825
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS			= BIT(8),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(9),
	IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH		= BIT(10),
826 827 828 829 830
};


/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
831

832 833
/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
834

835
/* maximum number of rate stages */
836
#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES	4
837

838 839 840
/* maximum number of rate table entries */
#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE	4

841
/**
842
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
843
 *
844 845
 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
846
 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
847 848 849 850 851 852
 *
 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
 *
 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
853 854 855 856 857
 *
 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
858 859
 * information::
 *
860
 *    { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
861
 *
862 863 864 865
 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
866 867
 * information should then contain::
 *
868
 *   { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
869
 *
870 871
 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
872
 */
873 874
struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
	s8 idx;
875 876
	u16 count:5,
	    flags:11;
877
} __packed;
878

879 880 881 882 883 884
#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY		31

static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
					  u8 mcs, u8 nss)
{
	WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
885 886
	WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
	rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
	return rate->idx & 0xF;
}

static inline u8
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
{
K
Karl Beldan 已提交
898
	return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
899 900
}

901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
 *
 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
 *  (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
 *  (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
 *  (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
 *
 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
910
 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
911
 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
912
 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
913 914 915
 * @control: union for control data
 * @status: union for status data
 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
916
 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
917
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
918
 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
D
Daniel Halperin 已提交
919
 * 	relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
920
 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
921
 */
922 923 924 925
struct ieee80211_tx_info {
	/* common information */
	u32 flags;
	u8 band;
926

927
	u8 hw_queue;
928

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
929
	u16 ack_frame_id;
930 931 932

	union {
		struct {
933 934 935 936 937 938
			union {
				/* rate control */
				struct {
					struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
						IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
					s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
939 940
					u8 use_rts:1;
					u8 use_cts_prot:1;
941 942
					u8 short_preamble:1;
					u8 skip_table:1;
943
					/* 2 bytes free */
944 945 946 947
				};
				/* only needed before rate control */
				unsigned long jiffies;
			};
948
			/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
949
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
950
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
951
			u32 flags;
952
			codel_time_t enqueue_time;
953
		} control;
954 955 956
		struct {
			u64 cookie;
		} ack;
957
		struct {
958
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
959
			s32 ack_signal;
960
			u8 ampdu_ack_len;
961
			u8 ampdu_len;
962
			u8 antenna;
963
			u16 tx_time;
964
			bool is_valid_ack_signal;
965
			void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
966
		} status;
967 968 969
		struct {
			struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
				IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
970 971
			u8 pad[4];

972 973 974 975 976
			void *rate_driver_data[
				IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
		};
		void *driver_data[
			IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
977
	};
978 979
};

980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
 *
 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
 * @info: Basic tx status information
 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_status {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
};

993 994 995
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
 *
D
David Spinadel 已提交
996 997 998
 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005
 *
 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
1006 1007
	const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
	size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1008 1009 1010 1011 1012
	const u8 *common_ies;
	size_t common_ie_len;
};


1013 1014 1015 1016
static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
}
1017

1018 1019 1020 1021 1022
static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
}

1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
 *
 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
 *
 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
 *
 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
 *	 info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
 *	 instead if you need only the less space that allows.
 */
static inline void
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	int i;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
		     offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
	BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
	/* clear the rate counts */
	for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
		info->status.rates[i].count = 0;

	BUILD_BUG_ON(
1052
	    offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
1053 1054 1055 1056 1057
	memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
	       sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
	       offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
}

1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067

/**
 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
 *
 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
 *	Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
 *	verification has been done by the hardware.
1068
 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
1069 1070
 *	If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
 *	hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
1071 1072 1073 1074
 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
 *	flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
 *	Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
 *	is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
1075 1076
 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
 *	de-duplication by itself.
1077 1078 1079 1080
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
 *	the frame.
 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
 *	the frame.
1081
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1082 1083 1084
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
 *	was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
 *	merging.
1085 1086 1087
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
 *	(including FCS) was received.
1088 1089
 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
 *	field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
1090 1091
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
 *	Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
 *	number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
 *	each A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
 *	subframes of a single A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
 *	on this subframe
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
 *	is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
1102 1103
 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
 *	done by the hardware
1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111
 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
 *	processing it in any regular way.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
 *	monitor interfaces.
 *	This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
 *	them for sniffing purposes.
1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120
 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
 *	subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
 *	All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
 *	if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
 *	the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
 *	deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
 *	subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
 *	either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
 *	interleaved with other frames.
1121 1122 1123
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
 *	radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
 *	the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
1124 1125 1126
 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
 *	This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
 *	the first subframe.
1127 1128
 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
 *	be done in the hardware.
1129 1130 1131
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
 *	frame
 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_MCS
 *	 - DATA3_DATA_DCM
 *	 - DATA3_CODING
 *	 - DATA5_GI
 *	 - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
 *	 - DATA6_NSTS
 *	 - DATA3_STBC
 *	from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
 *	(&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
1144
 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
1145 1146 1147 1148
 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
 *	the "0-length PSDU" field included there.  The value for it is
 *	in &struct ieee80211_rx_status.  Note that if this value isn't
 *	known the frame shouldn't be reported.
1149 1150
 */
enum mac80211_rx_flags {
1151 1152
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR		= BIT(0),
	RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED		= BIT(1),
1153
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START	= BIT(2),
1154 1155 1156 1157
	RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(3),
	RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED		= BIT(4),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC		= BIT(5),
	RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC 	= BIT(6),
1158
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START		= BIT(7),
1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174
	RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL		= BIT(8),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS		= BIT(9),
	RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED		= BIT(10),
	RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED		= BIT(11),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN	= BIT(12),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST		= BIT(13),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR	= BIT(14),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN	= BIT(15),
	RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END		= BIT(16),
	RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR		= BIT(17),
	RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR		= BIT(18),
	RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE		= BIT(19),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA	= BIT(20),
	RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED		= BIT(21),
	RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN		= BIT(22),
	RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED		= BIT(23),
1175 1176
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT		= BIT(24),
	RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN	= BIT(25),
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1177 1178
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE		= BIT(26),
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU		= BIT(27),
1179
	RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG		= BIT(28),
1180
	RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU			= BIT(29),
1181 1182
};

1183
/**
1184
 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1185
 *
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
 *	if the driver fills this value it should add
 *	%IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
 *	to hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1195
 */
1196 1197
enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE		= BIT(0),
1198 1199 1200 1201 1202
	RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF		= BIT(3),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK		= BIT(4) | BIT(5),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC		= BIT(6),
	RX_ENC_FLAG_BF			= BIT(7),
1203 1204
};

1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210
#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT		4

enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
	RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
	RX_ENC_HT,
	RX_ENC_VHT,
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1211
	RX_ENC_HE,
1212
};
1213

1214 1215 1216 1217 1218
/**
 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
 *
 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
1219
 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
1220
 *
1221 1222
 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
 * 	(TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
1223 1224
 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
 *	needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
1225 1226
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
 *	it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
1227
 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
1228
 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
1229 1230
 *	This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
 *	for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
1231 1232 1233
 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
 *	unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
 *	@IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
1234 1235 1236 1237
 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
 *	values were filled.
 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
 *	support dB or unspecified units)
1238
 * @antenna: antenna used
1239
 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
1240
 *	HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
1241
 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1242
 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
1243 1244
 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
1245
 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1246 1247 1248
 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1249
 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
1250 1251 1252
 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
 *	each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
1253
 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
1254
 */
1255 1256
struct ieee80211_rx_status {
	u64 mactime;
1257
	u64 boottime_ns;
1258
	u32 device_timestamp;
1259
	u32 ampdu_reference;
1260
	u32 flag;
1261
	u16 freq;
1262
	u8 enc_flags;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1263 1264
	u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
	u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
1265
	u8 rate_idx;
1266
	u8 nss;
1267 1268 1269 1270
	u8 rx_flags;
	u8 band;
	u8 antenna;
	s8 signal;
1271 1272
	u8 chains;
	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1273
	u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
1274
	u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
1275 1276
};

1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
 *	(this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
 *	 bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
 *	alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
 *	description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
 *	Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
 *	then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
 *	@data field.
 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
 *	the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
 *	length
 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
 *
 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
 * data.
 */
struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
	u32 present;
	u8 align;
	u8 oui[3];
	u8 subns;
	u8 pad;
	u16 len;
	u8 data[];
} __packed;

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1310 1311 1312 1313 1314
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
 *
 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1315 1316 1317
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
 *	to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
 *	or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
 *	This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
 *	meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
 *	transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
 *	Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
 *	driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
 *	for more.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1325 1326 1327 1328 1329
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
 *	the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
 *	may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
 *	be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
 *	it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
1330 1331
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
 *	operating channel.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1332 1333
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1334
	IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR		= (1<<0),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1335
	IEEE80211_CONF_PS		= (1<<1),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1336
	IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE		= (1<<2),
1337
	IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL	= (1<<3),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1338
};
1339

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1340

1341 1342 1343 1344
/**
 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1345
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
1346
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
1347
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
1348
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
1349
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1350
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
1351
 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
1352 1353
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1354 1355
 */
enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
1356
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS		= BIT(1),
1357
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL	= BIT(2),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1358
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR		= BIT(3),
1359
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS		= BIT(4),
1360 1361 1362
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL		= BIT(6),
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS	= BIT(7),
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1363
	IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE		= BIT(8),
1364 1365
};

1366 1367 1368
/**
 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
 *
1369 1370 1371 1372 1373
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384
 */
enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
	IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
	IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,

	/* keep last */
	IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
};

1385 1386 1387 1388 1389
/**
 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
 *
 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
 *
1390 1391
 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
 *
1392
 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
1393 1394 1395
 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
 *	in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
 *	has been received and the DTIM period is known.
1396 1397 1398 1399
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
 *	powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
 *	the CONF_PS flag is set.
 *
1400 1401
 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
 *	value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
1402
 *
1403
 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
1404
 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
1405
 *
1406
 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
1407 1408
 *	(a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
 *	but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
1409
 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
1410 1411
 *	frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
 *	number of transmissions not the number of retries
1412 1413 1414
 *
 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
 *	%IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
1415 1416 1417
 *	configured for an HT channel.
 *	Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
 *	otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
1418 1419
 */
struct ieee80211_conf {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1420
	u32 flags;
1421
	int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
1422

1423
	u16 listen_interval;
1424
	u8 ps_dtim_period;
1425

1426 1427
	u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;

1428
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1429
	bool radar_enabled;
1430
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1431 1432
};

1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442
/**
 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
 *
 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
 * operation.
 *
 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
 *	Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
 *	announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
 *	the driver passed into mac80211.
1443 1444
 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
 *	rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
1445 1446
 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
 *	scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
1447
 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
1448 1449 1450 1451
 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
 */
struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
	u64 timestamp;
1452
	u32 device_timestamp;
1453
	bool block_tx;
1454
	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1455 1456 1457
	u8 count;
};

1458 1459 1460 1461 1462
/**
 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
 *
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
 *	on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
1463 1464 1465 1466
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
 *	monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
 *	connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
 *	provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
1467 1468 1469 1470
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
 *	interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
 *	but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
 *	only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
1471 1472 1473
 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
 *	and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
 *	this is not pure P2P vif.
1474 1475 1476
 */
enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
	IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER		= BIT(0),
1477
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI		= BIT(1),
1478
	IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD		= BIT(2),
1479
	IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE		= BIT(3),
1480 1481
};

1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487
/**
 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
 *
 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
 *
1488
 * @type: type of this virtual interface
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1489 1490
 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
 *	or the BSS we're associated to
1491
 * @addr: address of this interface
1492 1493
 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
 *	interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
1494 1495 1496
 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
 *	write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
 *	for read access.
1497
 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
1498 1499 1500 1501
 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
 *	these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
 *	or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
 *	at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
1502 1503
 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
1504 1505 1506 1507 1508
 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
 *	when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
 *	path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
 *	be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
 *	processed after it switches back to %NULL.
1509
 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
1510
 *	interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
1511
 *	monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1512 1513
 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
 *	interface.
1514
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1515
 *	sizeof(void \*).
1516
 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
1517 1518
 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
 *	protected by fq->lock.
1519 1520
 */
struct ieee80211_vif {
1521
	enum nl80211_iftype type;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1522
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
M
Michael Braun 已提交
1523
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1524
	bool p2p;
1525
	bool csa_active;
1526
	bool mu_mimo_owner;
1527 1528 1529 1530

	u8 cab_queue;
	u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1531 1532
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq;

1533 1534
	struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;

1535
	u32 driver_flags;
1536

1537 1538 1539 1540
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
#endif

1541 1542
	unsigned int probe_req_reg;

1543 1544
	bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];

1545
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1546
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1547 1548
};

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1549 1550 1551
static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
1552
	return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1553 1554 1555 1556
#endif
	return false;
}

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569
/**
 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);

1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582
/**
 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
 *
 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
 *
 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
 */
struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590
/**
 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
 *
 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
1591 1592
 *	particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
 *	will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
1593 1594 1595
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
 *	the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
 *	generation in software.
1596 1597
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
 *	that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
1598
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
1599 1600
 *	CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
 *	(MFP) to be done in software.
1601
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
1602
 *	if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
1603
 *	itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
1604 1605 1606
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
 *	not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
 *	MIC.
1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
 *	management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
 *	crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
 *	properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
 *	fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
 *	RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
 *	%IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
1614
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
1615
 *	driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
1616
 *	only for managment frames (MFP).
1617 1618 1619
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
 *	driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
 *	be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
1620 1621 1622
 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
 *	a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
 *	@IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
1623
 */
1624
enum ieee80211_key_flags {
1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT	= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC	= BIT(2),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE		= BIT(3),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX		= BIT(4),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE		= BIT(5),
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT		= BIT(6),
1632
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM	= BIT(7),
1633
	IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE	= BIT(8),
1634
};
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1635

1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
 *
 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
 *
 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
 *	wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
1644
 *	encrypted in hardware.
1645
 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
1646 1647
 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
 *	needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
1648 1649 1650
 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
 * @keylen: key material length
1651 1652 1653 1654 1655
 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
 * 	data block:
 * 	- Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
 * 	- Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
1656 1657
 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
1658
 */
1659
struct ieee80211_key_conf {
1660
	atomic64_t tx_pn;
1661
	u32 cipher;
1662 1663
	u8 icv_len;
	u8 iv_len;
1664
	u8 hw_key_idx;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1665
	s8 keyidx;
1666
	u16 flags;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1667
	u8 keylen;
1668 1669 1670
	u8 key[0];
};

1671 1672
#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN	16

1673 1674 1675
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))

1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687
/**
 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
 *
 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
 *	reverse order than in packet)
1688
 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707
 */
struct ieee80211_key_seq {
	union {
		struct {
			u32 iv32;
			u16 iv16;
		} tkip;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} ccmp;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_cmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} aes_gmac;
		struct {
			u8 pn[6];
		} gcmp;
1708 1709 1710 1711
		struct {
			u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
			u8 seq_len;
		} hw;
1712 1713 1714
	};
};

1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744
/**
 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
 *
 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
 * the secure packet crypto handling.
 *
 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
 *     key_idx value calculation:
 *      (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
 */
struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
	u32 cipher;
	u16 iftype;
	u8 hdr_len;
	u8 pn_len;
	u8 pn_off;
	u8 key_idx_off;
	u8 key_idx_mask;
	u8 key_idx_shift;
	u8 mic_len;
};

1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753
/**
 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
 *
 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
 *
 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
 */
1754
enum set_key_cmd {
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1755
	SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
1756
};
1757

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
 *
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
 *	this is a special state for add/remove transitions
 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_state {
	/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
	IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
	IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
	IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
};

1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794
/**
 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
 *	(including 80+80 MHz)
 *
 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
 *	correctly, the values must be sorted.
 */
enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
	IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
};

1795 1796 1797 1798
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
 *
 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
1799
 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812
 *	Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
 */
struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
	struct {
		s8 idx;
		u8 count;
		u8 count_cts;
		u8 count_rts;
		u16 flags;
	} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
};

1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820
/**
 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
 *
 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
1821
 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
1822 1823 1824
 *
 * @addr: MAC address
 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1825
 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
1826 1827
 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1828
 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
1829 1830 1831
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
 *	that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
 *	Can be modified by driver.
1832 1833
 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
 *	otherwise always false)
1834
 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
1835
 *	sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
1836
 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
1837 1838
 *	if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
 *	IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
1839
 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
1840
 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
1841 1842 1843 1844
 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
 *	station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
 *	notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
 *	the station moves to associated state.
1845
 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
1846
 * @rates: rate control selection table
1847
 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
1848 1849
 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
 *	valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
1850
 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
1851 1852 1853
 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
 *	A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
 *	unlimited.
1854
 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1855
 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
1856 1857
 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
 *	the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
1858 1859
 */
struct ieee80211_sta {
1860
	u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1861 1862
	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
	u16 aid;
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1863
	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
M
Mahesh Palivela 已提交
1864
	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
1865 1866
	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
1867
	bool wme;
1868 1869
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 max_sp;
1870
	u8 rx_nss;
1871
	enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
1872
	enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1873
	struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
1874
	bool tdls;
1875
	bool tdls_initiator;
1876
	bool mfp;
1877
	u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893

	/**
	 * @max_amsdu_len:
	 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
	 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
	 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
	 *
	 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
	 *   A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
	 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
	 *   size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
	 *
	 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
	 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
	 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
	 */
1894
	u16 max_amsdu_len;
1895
	bool support_p2p_ps;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
1896
	u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
1897

1898
	struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1899

1900
	/* must be last */
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
1901
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1902 1903
};

1904 1905 1906 1907
/**
 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
 *
 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1908
 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
1909
 *
1910 1911 1912
 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
 */
1913
enum sta_notify_cmd {
1914 1915 1916
	STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
};

1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
 *
 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
 * 	it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_control {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
};

1927 1928 1929 1930 1931
/**
 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
1932 1933
 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
 *	%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
1934
 * @ac: the AC for this queue
1935
 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949
 *
 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
 */
struct ieee80211_txq {
	struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u8 tid;
	u8 ac;

	/* must be last */
	u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
};

1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958
/**
 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
 *
 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
 *
1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
 *	The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
 *	controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
 *	should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
 *	will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
 *	algorithm.
 *	Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
 *	callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
 *	the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
 *	@use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
 *	timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
 *	CCK frames.
 *
1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981
 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
 *	Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
 *	the FCS at the end.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
 *	Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
 *	for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
 *	rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
 *	to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
 *	multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
1982
 *	the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1983
 *
1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
 *	Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
 *	expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
 *	If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
 *	Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
 *	one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
 *	between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
 *
1994 1995 1996
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
 * 	Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
 * 	Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
S
Sujith 已提交
1997 1998 1999
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
 *	Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
2000
 *
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
 *	Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
 *	Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
 *	stack support for dynamic PS.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
 *	Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
2010 2011 2012
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
 *	Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
2013
 *
2014 2015 2016 2017
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
 *	Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
 *	the stack.
 *
2018
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
2019 2020
 *	The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
 *	periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
2021
 *
2022 2023 2024
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
 *	This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
 *	dtim_period).
2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
 *	per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
 *	the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
 *	to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
 *	possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
 *	only in that case.
2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
 *	autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
 *	this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
 *	stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
 *	Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
 *	the PS mode of connected stations.
2039 2040 2041 2042
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
 *	setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
 *	software.
2043
 *
2044 2045 2046
 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
 *	a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
 *	active interfaces.
2047
 *
2048 2049 2050 2051
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
 *	be created.  It is expected user-space will create vifs as
 *	desired (and thus have them named as desired).
 *
2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
 *	crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
 *	try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
 *	the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
 *	supported cipher suites.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2058 2059 2060 2061
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
 *	this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
 *	for frames.
 *
2062 2063 2064 2065
 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
 *	queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
 *	for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
 *	control for more details.
2066
 *
2067 2068 2069
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
 *	selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
 *
2070 2071 2072
 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
 *	P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
 *	is supported.
2073 2074 2075
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
 *	only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
2076
 *
2077 2078 2079 2080
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
 *	and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
 *	using aggregation for such frames.)
 *
2081 2082 2083 2084
 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
 *	for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
 *	is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
 *	CSA frame.
2085
 *
2086 2087 2088
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
 *	or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
 *
2089
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
2090
 *	in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
2091
 *
2092 2093 2094
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
 *	than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
 *
2095 2096 2097
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
 *	within A-MPDU.
 *
2098 2099 2100
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
 *	for sent beacons.
 *
2101 2102 2103 2104 2105
 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
 *	station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
 *	by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
 *	from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
 *
2106 2107 2108 2109 2110
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
 *	reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
 *	order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
 *	timeout.
 *
2111 2112 2113
 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
 *	which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
 *	A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
 *	When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
 *	limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
 *	max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
 *	skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
 *
2123 2124 2125 2126 2127
 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
 *	by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
 *	drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
 *	is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
 *
2128 2129 2130 2131
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
 *	The stack will not do fragmentation.
 *	The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
 *
2132 2133 2134
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
 *	TDLS links.
 *
2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
 *	mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
 *	deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
 *	beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
 *	virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
 *	the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
 *	deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
2142
 *
2143 2144
 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
 *	support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
2145
 *
2146 2147 2148
 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
 *	course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
 *
2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154
 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
 *	extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
 *	the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
 *	but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
 *	See also the documentation for that flag.
 *
2155
 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
2156 2157
 */
enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186
	IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
	IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
	IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
	IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
	IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
	IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
	IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
	IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
	IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
	IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
	IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
	IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
	IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
2187
	IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
2188
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
2189
	IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
2190
	IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
2191
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
2192
	IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2193 2194
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
	IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
2195
	IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
2196
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
2197
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
2198
	IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
2199
	IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
2200
	IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
2201
	IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
2202 2203 2204

	/* keep last, obviously */
	NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
2205 2206
};

2207 2208
/**
 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215
 *
 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
 *
 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
 *	802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
 *	members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
2216 2217
 *	and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
 *	bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228
 *
 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
 *
 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
 *	along with this structure.
 *
 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
 *
 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
 *	for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
 *
2229 2230
 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
 *	Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
2231
 *
2232
 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
2233
 *	only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
2234
 *
2235
 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
2236
 *	that HW supports
2237
 *
2238
 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
2239 2240 2241
 *	data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
 *	queues need to have configurable access parameters.
 *
2242 2243 2244
 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
 *	If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
 *	set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
2245 2246 2247
 *
 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_vif.
2248 2249
 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_sta.
2250 2251
 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
2252 2253
 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
 *	within @struct ieee80211_txq.
2254
 *
2255 2256 2257 2258
 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
 *	can handle.
 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
 *	the hw can report back.
2259
 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
2260
 *
2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266
 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
 *	sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
 *	aggregation.
 *	This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
 *	number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
 *	it shouldn't be set.
2267 2268
 *
 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2269 2270 2271 2272 2273
 *	aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
 *	advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
 *	the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
 *	with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
 *	For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
2274
 *
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2275 2276 2277
 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
 *	of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
 *
2278 2279
 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
 *	(if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
2280 2281 2282
 *
 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
 *	reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2283
 *	include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
2284
 *	adding _BW is supported today.
2285
 *
2286 2287
 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
 *	the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2288
 *	Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
2289
 *
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2290 2291
 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
 *
2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299
 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
 *	'units_pos' member is set to a non-negative value it must be set to
 *	a combination of a IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
 *	IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value, and then the timestamp
 *	field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
 *	device_timestamp. If the 'accuracy' member is non-negative, it's put
 *	into the accuracy radiotap field and the accuracy known flag is set.
 *
2300
 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
2301 2302
 *	from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
 *	other features will be rejected during HW registration.
2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313
 *
 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
 *	for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
 *	enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
 *	Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
 *	that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
 *	neither enabled.
 *
 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
 *	deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
 *	Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2314 2315 2316 2317
 *
 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
 *	supported by HW.
2318 2319
 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
 *	device.
2320 2321 2322 2323
 *
 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
 *	them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
 *	unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
2324
 */
2325 2326
struct ieee80211_hw {
	struct ieee80211_conf conf;
2327
	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2328
	const char *rate_control_algorithm;
2329
	void *priv;
2330
	unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
2331
	unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
2332
	unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
2333
	int vif_data_size;
2334
	int sta_data_size;
2335
	int chanctx_data_size;
2336
	int txq_data_size;
2337 2338
	u16 queues;
	u16 max_listen_interval;
2339
	s8 max_signal;
2340
	u8 max_rates;
2341
	u8 max_report_rates;
2342
	u8 max_rate_tries;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2343 2344
	u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
	u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
F
Felix Fietkau 已提交
2345
	u8 max_tx_fragments;
2346
	u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
2347
	u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
2348
	u16 radiotap_vht_details;
2349 2350 2351 2352
	struct {
		int units_pos;
		s16 accuracy;
	} radiotap_timestamp;
2353
	netdev_features_t netdev_features;
2354 2355
	u8 uapsd_queues;
	u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2356 2357
	u8 n_cipher_schemes;
	const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
2358
	u8 max_nan_de_entries;
2359
	u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
2360 2361
};

2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375
static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
{
	return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
}
#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg)	_ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)

2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388
/**
 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
 *
 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
 * @req: cfg80211 request.
 */
struct ieee80211_scan_request {
	struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;

	/* Keep last */
	struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
};

2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
 *
 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
 * @status: channel-switch response status
 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
 */
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
	u8 action_code;
	u32 status;
	u32 timestamp;
	u16 switch_time;
	u16 switch_timeout;
	struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
	u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
};

2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423
/**
 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
 *
 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
 *
 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
 * is already used internally by mac80211.
2424 2425
 *
 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
2426 2427 2428
 */
struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);

2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434
/**
 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
 */
2435 2436 2437 2438 2439
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
{
	set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
}

2440
/**
2441
 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
2442 2443 2444 2445
 *
 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
 * @addr: the address to set
 */
2446
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
2447 2448 2449 2450
{
	memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
}

2451 2452
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2453
		      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2454
{
2455
	if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2456
		return NULL;
2457
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2458 2459 2460 2461
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2462
			   const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2463
{
2464
	if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2465
		return NULL;
2466
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2467 2468 2469 2470
}

static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2471
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2472
{
2473
	if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2474
		return NULL;
2475
	return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2476 2477
}

2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487
/**
 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @skb: the skb
 *
 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
 */
void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);

2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495
/**
 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
 *
 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
 *
 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
2496 2497 2498
 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
2499 2500
 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2501
 *
2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510
 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
 *
 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
 *
2511 2512 2513 2514 2515
 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
 *
2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526
 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
 *
 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
 * based on the receive flags.
 *
 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
 * keys.
2527 2528 2529 2530 2531
 *
 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
 * handler.
 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
L
Lucas De Marchi 已提交
2532
 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
2533 2534
 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
2535
 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
2536
 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
2537 2538 2539 2540
 *
 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553
 *
 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
 * requirements:
 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
      mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
      completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
   2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
      at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
   3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
      encrypted with the new key and
   4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
   Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
2554
 */
2555

2556 2557 2558 2559 2560
/**
 * DOC: Powersave support
 *
 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
 *
2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572
 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
 * it finds traffic directed to it.
 *
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2573 2574
 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
2575 2576 2577 2578
 *
 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
2579 2580 2581 2582 2583
 *
 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
2584 2585
 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594
 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
 *
 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
 * periods.
 *
B
Bob Copeland 已提交
2595
 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606
 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
 *
 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
2607
 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
2608
 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614
 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
 *
 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
2615 2616
 */

2617 2618 2619 2620
/**
 * DOC: Beacon filter support
 *
 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
2621
 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627
 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
 *
2628 2629
 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642
 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
 *
 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
 *
 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
J
Jani Nikula 已提交
2643
 *
2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675
 *  - a list of information element IDs
 *  - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
 *
 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
 * vendor information elements.
 *
 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
 *
 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
 *
 *
 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
 *
 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
 * signal strength threshold checking.
2676 2677
 */

2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702
/**
 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
 *
 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
 *
 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
 * hardware flags.
 *
 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
 * turned off otherwise.
 *
 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
 */

2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715
/**
 * DOC: Frame filtering
 *
 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
 *
 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
 *
2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722
 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728
 *
 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
 * or dropped.
 *
2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740
 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
 * the flag, but not clear it.
 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
2741
 */
2742

2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781
/**
 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
 *
 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
 *
 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
 * the driver code.
 *
 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
 *
 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
 * @sta_notify callback.
 *
 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
2782
 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789
 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
 *
2790 2791 2792
 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
 *
2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814
 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
 *
 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
2815
 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824
 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
 *
 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
2825
 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831
 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
 *
 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
2832
 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
2833 2834 2835 2836 2837
 *
 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
2838 2839
 */

2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894
/**
 * DOC: HW queue control
 *
 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
 * was problematic for a few reasons:
 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
 *
 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
 *
 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
 * the hardware queue.
 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
 *
 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
 *
 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
 * after-DTIM queue for AP:   8
 * off-channel queue:         9
 *
 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
 *   hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
 *
 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
 *   vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
 *   vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
 *
 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
 *
 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
 */

2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918
/**
 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
 *
 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
 *
 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
 *	by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
 *	multicast address.
 *
 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
 *	%RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
 *
 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
 *	the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
 *
 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
 *	to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
 *	by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
 *	mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
 *	honour this flag if possible.
 *
2919 2920
 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
 *	station
2921 2922
 *
 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
2923
 *
2924
 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
2925 2926
 *
 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
2927
 */
2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934
enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
	FIF_ALLMULTI		= 1<<1,
	FIF_FCSFAIL		= 1<<2,
	FIF_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<3,
	FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC	= 1<<4,
	FIF_CONTROL		= 1<<5,
	FIF_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<6,
I
Igor Perminov 已提交
2935
	FIF_PSPOLL		= 1<<7,
2936
	FIF_PROBE_REQ		= 1<<8,
2937 2938
};

2939 2940 2941 2942 2943
/**
 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
 *
 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
2944 2945 2946
 *
 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
2947
 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
2948 2949
 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
 *
2950 2951 2952
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
2953
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
 *	queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
 *	driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
 *	called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
 *	ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
 *	session is gone and removes the station.
 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
 *	but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
 *	now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
 *	should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
2965 2966 2967 2968
 */
enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
2969
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
2970 2971 2972
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
2973
	IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
2974
};
2975

2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
 *
 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
 * @tid: tid of the BA session
 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
 *	actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size  (number of subframes). Valid only when the
 *	action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
 *	valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
 *	%IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
 */
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
	enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
	struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
	u16 tid;
	u16 ssn;
L
Luca Coelho 已提交
2998
	u16 buf_size;
2999 3000 3001 3002
	bool amsdu;
	u16 timeout;
};

3003 3004 3005
/**
 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3006 3007
 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
 *	frame received on trigger-enabled AC
3008 3009 3010
 */
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3011
	IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
3012 3013
};

3014 3015 3016 3017
/**
 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
3018 3019 3020
 *	to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
 *	information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
 *	flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
3021
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
3022 3023 3024
 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
 *	changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
 *	the peer.
3025 3026
 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
 *	by the peer
3027 3028 3029 3030
 */
enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
	IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
3031
	IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED	= BIT(2),
3032
	IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED	= BIT(3),
3033 3034
};

3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052
/**
 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
 *
 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
 *	for sending managment frames offchannel.
 */
enum ieee80211_roc_type {
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
	IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
};

3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068
/**
 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
 *
 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
 * reconfiguration type was completed.
 *
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
 *	(also due to resume() callback returning 1)
 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
 *	of wowlan configuration)
 */
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
	IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
};

3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078
/**
 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
 *
 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
 *
 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
 *	skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
 *	The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
3079
 *	configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
3080 3081
 *	preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
 *	Must be atomic.
3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090
 *
 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
 *	frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
 *	Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
 *	or zero.
 *	When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
 *	to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
 *	is added.
3091
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3092 3093 3094 3095 3096
 *
 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
 *	is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
 *	it must turn off frame reception.)
 *	May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
3097 3098
 *	an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *	you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
3099
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3100
 *
3101 3102 3103 3104 3105
 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
 *	stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
 *	ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
 *	configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
 *	reconfigured at resume time.
3106 3107 3108 3109
 *	The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
 *	wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
 *	supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
 *	must return 1 from this function.
3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116
 *
 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
 *	now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
 *	functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
 *	to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
 *	will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
 *
3117 3118 3119 3120 3121
 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
 *	modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
 *	supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
 *	in suspend().
 *
3122
 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
3123
 *	enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129
 *	and @stop must be implemented.
 *	The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
 *	the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
 *	interface is given in the conf parameter.
 *	The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
 *	negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
3130
 *	Must be implemented and can sleep.
3131
 *
3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137
 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
 *	is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
 *	switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
 *	Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
 *	found by the interface iteration callbacks.
 *
3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144
 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
 *	The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
 *	and no monitor interfaces are present.
 *	When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
 *	must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
 *	the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
 *	MAC address of the device going away.
3145
 *	Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
3146 3147 3148
 *
 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
 *	function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
3149
 *	This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
3150
 *	if it does. The callback can sleep.
3151
 *
3152 3153 3154 3155 3156
 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
 *	parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
 *	level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
 *	This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
 *	for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
3157 3158
 *	of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
 *	can sleep.
3159
 *
3160 3161 3162 3163
 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
 *	This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
 *	to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
 *
3164 3165
 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
 *	See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
3166
 *	This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
3167
 *
3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174
 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
 *	This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
 *	should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
 *	of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
 *	which flags are changed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
 *
3175
 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
3176
 * 	must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
3177 3178
 *
 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3179 3180
 *	This callback is only called between add_interface and
 *	remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
3181
 *	is enabled.
3182
 *	Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
3183
 *	The callback can sleep.
3184
 *
3185 3186 3187
 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
 * 	This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
 * 	which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
3188
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3189
 *
3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195
 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
 *	host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
 *	necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
 *	After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
 *	userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
 *
3196 3197 3198 3199
 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
 *	WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
 *	offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
 *
3200
 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
3201
 *	the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
3202 3203
 *	configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
 *	registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211
 *	that power save is disabled.
 *	The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
 *	entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
 *	at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
 *	(extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
 *	When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
 *	note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
 *	any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
3212
 *	The callback can sleep.
3213
 *
3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221
 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
 *	The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
 *	but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
 *	ieee80211_scan_completed().
 *	This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
 *	scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227
 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
 *	specific intervals.  The driver must call the
 *	ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
 *	This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
 *
 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
3228
 *	In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
3229
 *
3230 3231
 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
 *	is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
3232 3233 3234
 *	The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
 *	the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
 *	can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
3235
 *
3236 3237 3238 3239
 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
 *	software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
 *	this notification.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3240
 *
3241 3242
 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
 * 	Returns zero if statistics are available.
3243
 *	The callback can sleep.
3244
 *
3245 3246 3247
 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
 *	IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
 *	IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
3248
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3249
 *
3250
 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
3251 3252 3253
 *	if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
 *	stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
 *	should be set as well.
3254 3255
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3256
 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
3257
 *	The callback can sleep.
3258
 *
3259 3260 3261 3262
 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
 *	AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
3263 3264 3265 3266 3267
 *	station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
 *	returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
 *	no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
 *	the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	This callback can sleep.
3268
 *
3269 3270
 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
 *	when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
3271 3272
 *	should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
 *	callback can sleep.
3273
 *
3274
 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
3275 3276 3277
 *	associated station, AP,  IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
 *	in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
 *	%IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
3278
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3279 3280 3281 3282
 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
 *	station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
 *	This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
 *	It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293
 *	up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
 *	isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
 *	period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
 *	See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
 *	synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
 *	pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
 *	the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
 *	in @sta_state.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3294 3295
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302
 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
 *	used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
 *	from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
 *	in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
 *	uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
 *	otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
 *	Must be atomic.
3303 3304 3305
 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
 *	is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
 *	the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
3306
 *
3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314
 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
 *	filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
 *	let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
 *	the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
 *	all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
 *	Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3315
 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
3316
 *	bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
3317
 *	Returns a negative error code on failure.
3318
 *	The callback can sleep.
3319 3320
 *
 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3321
 *	this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
3322
 *	required function.
3323
 *	The callback can sleep.
3324 3325
 *
 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
3326
 *	Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
3327
 *	required function.
3328
 *	The callback can sleep.
3329
 *
3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335
 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
 *	firmware/hardware.  Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
 *	calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
 *	as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
 *	The callback can sleep.
 *
3336 3337 3338 3339
 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
 *	with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
 *	function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
 *	TSF synchronization.
3340
 *	The callback can sleep.
3341 3342 3343 3344
 *
 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
 *	This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
 *	used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
3345
 *	Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
3346
 *	The callback can sleep.
3347
 *
3348 3349
 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3350 3351 3352
 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
 *	need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
 *	and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
3353
 *	The callback can sleep.
3354
 *
3355 3356
 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
 *	in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
3357 3358 3359
 *	accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
 *	coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
3360
 *
3361 3362
 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
 *	be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3363
 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
3364 3365
 *
 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
3366 3367 3368 3369
 *	that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
 *	of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
 *	use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
 *	If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
3370
 *	Note that vif can be NULL.
3371
 *	The callback can sleep.
3372 3373 3374 3375 3376
 *
 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
 *	switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
 *	callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
 *	completion of the channel switch.
3377
 *
3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383
 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
 *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
 *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
 *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
 *
 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390
 *
 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
 *	call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
 *	that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
 *	offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
 *	normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
 *	duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
3391 3392 3393 3394
 *	ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
 *	Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
 *	must be accepted in this case.
 *	This callback may sleep.
3395 3396
 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
 *	aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
3397 3398 3399 3400
 *
 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
 *
 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
3401 3402 3403
 *
 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
 *	queues before entering power save.
3404 3405 3406 3407
 *
 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
 *	when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
 *	The callback can sleep.
3408 3409
 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
 *	&enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
3410
 *	The callback must be atomic.
3411 3412 3413 3414 3415
 *
 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
 *	parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
 *	sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
 *	to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
3416
 *	Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422
 *	if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
 *	the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
 *	the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
 *	more-data bit must always be set.
 *	The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
 *	from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428
 *	In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
 *	@num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
 *	this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
 *	period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
 *	responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
3429 3430 3431
 *	In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
 *	bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
 *	at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3432 3433
 *	setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
 *	service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
3434
 *	on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
3435
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
3436
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3437 3438 3439
 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
 *	to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
 *	via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
3440
 *	released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
3441 3442 3443 3444
 *	and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
 *	frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
 *	them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
 *	on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
3445
 *	bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
3446
 *	ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
3447 3448 3449
 *	The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
 *	frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
 *	This callback must be atomic.
3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457
 *
 * @get_et_sset_count:  Ethtool API to get string-set count.
 *
 * @get_et_stats:  Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
 *
 * @get_et_strings:  Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
 *	and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466
 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
 *	before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
 *	bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
 *	yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
 *	transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
 *	powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
 *	management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
 *	driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
 *	and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
3467 3468 3469
 *	For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
 *	would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
 *	frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3470 3471
 *	The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
 *	mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
3472 3473
 *      If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
 *      duration for which the operation is requested.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3474
 *	The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
3475
 *
3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484
 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
 *	a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
 *	channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
 *	setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
 *	mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
 *	discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
 *	2 * (DTIM period).
 *	The callback is optional and can sleep.
 *
3485
 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
3486
 *	This callback may sleep.
3487
 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
3488
 *	This callback may sleep.
3489 3490 3491
 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
 *	may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
 *	channel context with different settings
3492
 *	This callback may sleep.
3493 3494
 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
 *	to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
3495
 *	This callback may sleep.
3496 3497
 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
 *	unbound from vif.
3498
 *	This callback may sleep.
3499 3500 3501 3502
 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
 *	another, as specified in the list of
 *	@ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
 *	to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
3503
 *	This callback may sleep.
3504
 *
3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511
 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
 *	information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
 *	context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
 *	software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
 *	just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
 *	disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
3512
 *
3513 3514 3515 3516 3517
 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
 *	during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
 *	This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
 *	indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
 *	This callback may sleep.
3518
 *
3519 3520 3521
 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
 *	Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
 *	This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
3522 3523 3524 3525
 *
 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
 *	Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
 *	function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
3526
 *	decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
3527 3528
 *	ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
 *	get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
3529
 *	1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
3530
 *	transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
3531 3532
 *	If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
 *	since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
3533 3534
 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
3535
 *	gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
3536
 *	the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
3537 3538 3539
 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
 *	after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
 *	driver to go back to a normal configuration.
3540
 *
3541 3542 3543 3544
 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
 *	information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
 *	channel context is bound before this is called.
 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
3545 3546 3547 3548
 *
 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
 *	specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
 *	if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
3549 3550 3551
 *
 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
 *	and hardware limits.
3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561
 *
 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
 *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
 *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
 *	driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
 *	the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
 *	The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
 *	optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
 *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568
 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
 *	response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
 *	parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
 *	an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
 *	response template is provided, together with the location of the
 *	switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
 *	the function call.
3569 3570
 *
 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
3571 3572 3573 3574
 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
 *	synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
 *	pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
 *	currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
3575 3576 3577
 *
 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583
 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
 *	contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
 *	are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
 *	The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
 *	some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
 *	changed parameters.
3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589
 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
 *	cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
 *	this call.
 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
 *	ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
 *	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
3590
 */
3591
struct ieee80211_ops {
3592 3593 3594
	void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		   struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
		   struct sk_buff *skb);
3595 3596
	int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
	void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3597 3598 3599
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
	int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
	int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3600
	void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
3601
#endif
3602
	int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3603
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3604 3605
	int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3606
				enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
3607
	void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3608
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3609
	int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
3610 3611 3612 3613
	void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
				 u32 changed);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3614

3615 3616 3617
	int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3618
	u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3619
				 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
3620 3621 3622
	void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 unsigned int changed_flags,
				 unsigned int *total_flags,
3623
				 u64 multicast);
3624 3625 3626 3627
	void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    unsigned int filter_flags,
				    unsigned int changed_flags);
3628 3629
	int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       bool set);
3630
	int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
3631
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3632
		       struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
3633
	void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3634 3635 3636 3637
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
3638 3639 3640
	void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3641 3642
	void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
3643
	int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3644
		       struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
3645 3646
	void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3647 3648 3649
	int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
D
David Spinadel 已提交
3650
				struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
3651
	int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3652
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3653 3654 3655 3656 3657
	void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      const u8 *mac_addr);
	void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3658 3659
	int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
3660 3661 3662
	void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
			    struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
3663
	int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3664
	int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
3665 3666 3667 3668
	int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
	int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
	void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
#endif
3675
	void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3676
			enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3677 3678 3679 3680
	int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
			 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
3681 3682 3683
	void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3684 3685 3686 3687
	void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			      u32 changed);
3688 3689 3690
	void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3691 3692 3693 3694
	void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			       struct station_info *sinfo);
3695
	int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3696
		       struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
3697
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
3698 3699 3700
	u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			u64 tsf);
3701 3702
	void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   s64 offset);
3703
	void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3704
	int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733

	/**
	 * @ampdu_action:
	 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
	 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
	 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
	 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
	 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
	 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
	 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
	 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
	 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
	 *
	 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
	 * - ``RX:  2....7`` (lost frame #1)
	 * - ``TX:        8..1...``
	 *
	 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
	 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
	 *
	 * - ``TX:        1   or``
	 * - ``TX:        18  or``
	 * - ``TX:        81``
	 *
	 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
	 *
	 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
	 * The callback can sleep.
	 */
3734
	int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3735
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3736
			    struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
3737 3738
	int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
		struct survey_info *survey);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3739
	void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3740
	void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
3741
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3742 3743
	int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    void *data, int len);
W
Wey-Yi Guy 已提交
3744 3745 3746
	int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
			     struct netlink_callback *cb,
			     void *data, int len);
3747
#endif
3748 3749
	void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
		      u32 queues, bool drop);
3750
	void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3751
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3752
			       struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3753 3754
	int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
	int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3755 3756

	int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3757
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3758
				 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3759 3760
				 int duration,
				 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
3761
	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3762 3763 3764
	int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
	void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
3765
	bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3766 3767
	int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3768 3769 3770
	void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       const struct ieee80211_event *event);
3771

3772 3773 3774 3775 3776
	void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      u16 tids, int num_frames,
				      enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
				      bool more_data);
3777 3778 3779 3780 3781
	void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					u16 tids, int num_frames,
					enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
					bool more_data);
3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790

	int	(*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
	void	(*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
	void	(*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u32 sset, u8 *data);
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3791 3792

	void	(*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793 3794
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  u16 duration);
3795

3796 3797 3798
	void	(*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811
	int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
			       u32 changed);
	int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
	void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3812 3813 3814 3815
	int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
				  int n_vifs,
				  enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
3816

3817 3818
	void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824

#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
	void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				 struct inet6_dev *idev);
#endif
3825 3826 3827
	void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3828 3829 3830
	int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				  struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
3831

3832 3833 3834
	int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

3835 3836
	int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
	void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3837 3838
	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3839 3840
	int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			   int *dbm);
3841 3842 3843 3844 3845

	int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3846
				   struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
3847 3848 3849
	void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					   struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					   struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3850 3851 3852
	void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
3853

3854 3855
	void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
3856
	void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862

	int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
	int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3863 3864 3865
	int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871
	int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
	void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    u8 instance_id);
3872 3873
};

3874
/**
3875
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3885 3886
 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
 *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
3887 3888
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
3889
 */
3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
					   const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
					   const char *requested_name);

/**
 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
 *
 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
 * @priv_data_len.
 *
 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
 * @ops: callbacks for this device
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
 */
static inline
3909
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
3910 3911 3912 3913
					const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
{
	return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
}
3914

3915 3916 3917
/**
 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
 *
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
3918 3919 3920
 * You must call this function before any other functions in
 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
3921 3922
 *
 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
3923 3924
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
3925
 */
3926 3927
int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938
/**
 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
 *	(full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
 */
struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
	int throughput;
	int blink_time;
};

3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951
/**
 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
 *	interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
 */
enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO		= BIT(0),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK		= BIT(1),
	IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED	= BIT(2),
};

3952
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961
const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
const char *
__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   unsigned int flags,
				   const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				   unsigned int blink_table_len);
3962
#endif
3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
3972 3973
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
3974
 */
3975
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992
/**
 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
3993 3994
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
3995
 */
3996
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013
/**
 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4014 4015
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4016
 */
4017
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034
/**
 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
 *
 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
4035 4036
 *
 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4037
 */
4038
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
I
Ivo van Doorn 已提交
4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
	return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}
4046

4047 4048 4049
/**
 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
4050
 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
4051 4052 4053
 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
 *
4054 4055 4056 4057
 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
4058
 */
4059
static inline const char *
4060
ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
4061 4062 4063 4064
				 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
				 unsigned int blink_table_len)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4065
	return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071
						  blink_table_len);
#else
	return NULL;
#endif
}

4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079
/**
 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
 *
 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
 */
4080 4081
void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4082 4083 4084 4085 4086
/**
 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
 *
 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4087
 * before calling this function.
4088 4089 4090
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to free
 */
4091 4092
void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106
/**
 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
 *
 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware to restart
 */
void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

J
Johannes Berg 已提交
4107
/**
4108
 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4109
 *
4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
 *
 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4125
 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4126 4127
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 * @napi: the NAPI context
4128
 */
4129 4130
void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
		       struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4131

4132 4133 4134 4135
/**
 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
 *
 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Z
Zhu Yi 已提交
4136 4137 4138 4139
 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4140
 *
4141
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4142 4143
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4144 4145
 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4146
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4147
 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
4148
 *
4149 4150 4151
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4152 4153
static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
4154
	ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
4155
}
4156 4157 4158 4159 4160

/**
 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
4161 4162
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4163
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
4164 4165
 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4166 4167 4168 4169
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4170
void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
4171

K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves).
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
4179 4180
 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
K
Kalle Valo 已提交
4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192
 *
 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				   struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
 * entering/leaving PS mode.
 *
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
 * each other.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4207 4208
 *
 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221
 */
int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
 *                                  (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
 * applies.
 *
 * @sta: currently connected sta
 * @start: start or stop PS
4222 4223
 *
 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236
 */
static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
						  bool start)
{
	int ret;

	local_bh_disable();
	ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
	local_bh_enable();

	return ret;
}

4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
 * connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
 * be serialized.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);

/**
 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
 * @sta: currently connected station
 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
 *
 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
 * from a connected station was received.
 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
 * serialized.
4261 4262 4263 4264
 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
 * checks.
4265 4266 4267
 */
void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

4268 4269 4270 4271
/*
 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
 */
4272
#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM	ALIGN(14, 4)
4273

4274
/**
4275
 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
4276
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
4277 4278
 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
4279 4280
 *
 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303
 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
 *
 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
 * call! Beware of the locking!)
 *
 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
 *
 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
 * use this API.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				u8 tid, bool buffered);
4304

4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
 *
 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
 * rate selection table for the station entry.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
 */
void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			    struct sk_buff *skb,
			    struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
			    int max_rates);

4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
 *
 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
 * slow stations to starve).
 *
 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
					   u32 thr);

4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
 *
 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
 *
4347 4348
 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
4349
 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
4350 4351
 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
4352
 *
4353 4354 4355
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4356
void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4357
			 struct sk_buff *skb);
4358

4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @status: tx status information
 */
void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);

4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
 *
 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
 * specific skbs.
 *
 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
 *	(NULL for multicast packets)
 * @info: tx status information
 */
4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					     struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					     struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
{
	struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
		.sta = sta,
		.info = info,
	};

	ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
}
4403

4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
 *
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
 * for a single hardware.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct sk_buff *skb)
{
	local_bh_disable();
	ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
	local_bh_enable();
}

4424
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
4425
 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
4426 4427 4428 4429
 *
 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
 *
4430 4431
 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4432 4433 4434 4435
 *
 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
 */
4436
void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4437
				 struct sk_buff *skb);
4438

4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449
/**
 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
 *
 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
 * connected STA.
 *
 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
 */
void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);

4450 4451
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2

4452 4453 4454 4455
/**
 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
4456 4457 4458
 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
 *	to CSA counters.  This array can contain zero values which
 *	should be ignored.
4459 4460 4461 4462
 */
struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
	u16 tim_offset;
	u16 tim_length;
4463 4464

	u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478
};

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
 *	receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
 * obtain the beacon template.
 *
 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
4479 4480
 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
 * applicable, the CSA count.
4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
 */
struct sk_buff *
ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);

4491
/**
4492
 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4493
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4494
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501
 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
 *	(including the ID and length bytes!).
 *	Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
 *
 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4502
 * obtain the beacon frame.
4503 4504
 *
 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4505
 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
4506 4507
 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
4508 4509
 *
 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4510 4511
 *
 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);

/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4520
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4521 4522
 *
 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4523 4524
 *
 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
4525
 */
4526 4527 4528 4529 4530
static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
}
4531

4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
 * This function is called implicitly when
 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
 *
 * Return: new csa counter value
 */
u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @counter: the new value for the counter
 *
 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
 *
 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);

4559 4560 4561 4562 4563
/**
 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
4564
 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
4565 4566 4567 4568 4569
 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
 */
void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
4570
 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
 */
bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);


4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586
/**
 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
 *
 * Can only be called in AP mode.
4587 4588
 *
 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
4589 4590 4591 4592
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603
/**
 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
 *
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
4604 4605
 *
 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

/**
 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4614 4615
 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
 *	if at all possible
4616 4617 4618 4619 4620
 *
 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
 * BSSID and address is used.
 *
4621 4622 4623
 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
 *
4624 4625
 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
4626 4627
 *
 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
4628 4629
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4630 4631
				       struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				       bool qos_ok);
4632

4633 4634 4635
/**
 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4636
 * @src_addr: source MAC address
4637 4638
 * @ssid: SSID buffer
 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
4639
 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
4640 4641 4642
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware.
4643 4644
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
4645 4646
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4647
				       const u8 *src_addr,
4648
				       const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4649
				       size_t tailroom);
4650

4651 4652 4653
/**
 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4654
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4655 4656
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4657
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664
 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
 *
 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
 */
4665
void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4666
		       const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4667
		       const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4668 4669 4670 4671 4672
		       struct ieee80211_rts *rts);

/**
 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4673
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4674
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4675
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4676 4677 4678 4679
 *
 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4680 4681
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4682
 */
4683 4684
__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
4685
			      const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4686 4687 4688 4689

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4690
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4691 4692
 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
4693
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700
 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
 */
4701 4702
void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4703
			     const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
4704
			     const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
4705 4706 4707 4708 4709
			     struct ieee80211_cts *cts);

/**
 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4710
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4711
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4712
 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
4713 4714 4715 4716
 *
 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
4717 4718
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4719
 */
4720 4721
__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				    struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4722
				    size_t frame_len,
4723
				    const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
4724 4725 4726 4727

/**
 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4728
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4729
 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
4730
 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
4731
 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
4732 4733 4734
 *
 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
4735 4736
 *
 * Return: The duration.
4737
 */
4738 4739
__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4740
					enum nl80211_band band,
4741
					size_t frame_len,
4742
					struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
4743 4744 4745 4746

/**
 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4747
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4748 4749 4750 4751 4752
 *
 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
4753 4754 4755 4756
 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
 *
 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
 * frames are available.
4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765
 *
 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
 * use common code for all beacons.
 */
struct sk_buff *
4766
ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4767

4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4780
/**
4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
 * from the given packet.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
 *	with this P1K
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799
static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
					  struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
{
	struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
	const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
	u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);

	ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
}
4800

4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
 *
 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
 * and transmitter address.
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
 */
void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			       const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);

4815 4816
/**
 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4817
 *
4818 4819
 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
 * in the packet.
4820 4821
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4822 4823 4824
 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
 *	encrypted with this key
 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
4825
 */
4826 4827
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			    struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
4828

4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843
/**
 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
 *
 * @pos: start of crypto header
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 * @pn: PN to add
 *
 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
 * the packet payload)
 *
 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
 * point to the crypto header)
 */
u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);

4844 4845 4846 4847
/**
 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4848
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
 * by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

4863 4864 4865 4866
/**
 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
 *
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4867
 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928
 *	the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
 *	CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
 * @seq: new sequence data
 *
 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
 *
 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
 * can be done concurrently.
 */
void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
			      int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);

/**
 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
 *
 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
 *
 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
 */
void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
 * @keyconf: new key data
 *
 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
 *
 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
 *
 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
 * of the reconfiguration.
 *
 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
 * the key that's being replaced.
 */
struct ieee80211_key_conf *
ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);

4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938
/**
 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
				const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);

4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956
/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
4963 4964
 *
 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
4965 4966 4967 4968
 */

int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);

4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 *
 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
 */
void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

4985 4986 4987 4988 4989
/**
 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
 *
 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
4990 4991
 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
 * any context, including hardirq context.
4992 4993
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
4994
 * @info: information about the completed scan
4995
 */
4996 4997
void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
4998

4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020
/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
 *
 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
 * while associating, for instance.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
 */
void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029
/**
 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
 *	been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
 *	reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
 *	interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
 *	haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
 *	interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5030
 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
5031 5032 5033 5034
 */
enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL	= 0,
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL	= BIT(0),
5035
	IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE	= BIT(1),
5036 5037
};

5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				  void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						   struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				  void *data);

5056
/**
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5057
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
5058 5059 5060
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5061 5062 5063
 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
 * be used.
5064
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5065 5066
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5067
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5068
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5069 5070
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080
static inline void
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
				    void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
						     struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
				    void *data)
{
	ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
				     iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
				     iterator, data);
}
5081

5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
5089
 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5090 5091
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5092
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5093 5094 5095 5096
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5097
						u32 iter_flags,
5098 5099 5100 5101 5102
						void (*iterator)(void *data,
						    u8 *mac,
						    struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
						void *data);

5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
 *
 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					      u32 iter_flags,
					      void (*iterator)(void *data,
						u8 *mac,
						struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
					      void *data);

5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137
/**
 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
 *
 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
 * function for them.
 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
 */
void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				       void (*iterator)(void *data,
						struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
				       void *data);
5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162
/**
 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
 */
void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);

/**
 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
 *
 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
 * workqueue.
 *
 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
 */
void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				  struct delayed_work *dwork,
				  unsigned long delay);

5163 5164
/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
5165
 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
5166
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5167
 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5168 5169
 *
 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
5170 5171 5172 5173 5174
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5175 5176
int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
				  u16 timeout);
5177 5178 5179

/**
 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
5180
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5181 5182 5183 5184
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5185 5186
 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
 * from any context.
5187
 */
5188
void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5189 5190 5191 5192
				      u16 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
5193
 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
5194
 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
R
Randy Dunlap 已提交
5195
 *
5196
 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
5197 5198 5199 5200 5201
 *
 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
 * will be managed by the mac80211.
 */
5202
int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
5203 5204 5205

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
5206
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5207 5208 5209 5210
 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
 *
 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5211 5212
 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
 * can be called from any context.
5213
 */
5214
void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
5215 5216
				     u16 tid);

5217 5218 5219
/**
 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
 *
5220
 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
5221 5222
 * @addr: station's address
 *
5223 5224 5225
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5226 5227
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 */
5228
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5229 5230
					 const u8 *addr);

5231
/**
5232
 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5233 5234
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5235 5236
 * @addr: remote station's address
 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5237
 *
5238 5239 5240
 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
 *
 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5241 5242
 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
 *
5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249
 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
 *      the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
 *      We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
 *      logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
 *      BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
 *      In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
 *      is not reliable.
5250
 *
5251
 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5252
 */
5253 5254 5255
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					       const u8 *addr,
					       const u8 *localaddr);
5256

5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
 * @hw: the hardware
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @block: whether to block or unblock
 *
 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
 *
 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
 * manner.
 *
 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
 * woke up while blocked or not.
 */
void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			       struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);

5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297
/**
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
 * @pubsta: the station
 *
 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
 *
5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306
 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
 *
 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
 *     driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
 *     you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
 *     and restore the _irqsafe version!
5307
 */
5308
void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
5309

5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331
/**
 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
 * @pubsta: the station
 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
 *
 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
 */
void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);

5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
5345 5346 5347 5348
 *
 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
 * set_key callback.
5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				      struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				      struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
				      struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
				      void *data),
			 void *iter_data);

5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
 *
 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
 * in removal process will be skipped.
 *
 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
 * and thus iter must be atomic.
 */
void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			     struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			     void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
					  struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
					  struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
					  void *data),
			     void *iter_data);

5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395
/**
 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @iter: iterator function
 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
 *
 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
 * places while calling into the driver.
 *
 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
 * removed.
5396 5397 5398 5399 5400
 *
 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
 * or not.
5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408
 */
void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
	void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
		     struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
		     void *data),
	void *iter_data);

5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418
/**
 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
 * information. This function must only be called from within the
 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
5419 5420 5421
 * %NULL.
 *
 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
5422 5423 5424 5425
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
					  struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5426 5427 5428
/**
 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
 *
5429
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5430
 *
5431
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
5432
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
5433 5434 5435
 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
 */
void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5436

5437 5438 5439 5440 5441
/**
 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
5442
 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
5443 5444
 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
5445 5446
 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452
 *
 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
 * without connection recovery attempts.
 */
void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474
/**
 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 *
 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
 *
 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
 * disconnect normally later.
 *
 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
 */
void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5475

5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
 *	rssi threshold triggered
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
5482
 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
5483 5484
 * @gfp: context flags
 *
5485
 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
5486 5487 5488 5489 5490
 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			       enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
5491
			       s32 rssi_level,
5492 5493
			       gfp_t gfp);

5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501
/**
 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @gfp: context flags
 */
void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);

5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508
/**
 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518
/**
 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
 *
 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
 * and wake up the suspended queues.
 */
void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);

5519 5520 5521
/**
 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
J
Johannes Berg 已提交
5522
 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530
 *
 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
 */
void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			    enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);

5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542
/**
 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

/**
 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 */
void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);

5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559
/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
 *
 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
 */
void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
				  const u8 *addr);

5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577
/**
 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
 * @pubsta: station struct
 * @tid: the session's TID
 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
 *	assumed to be out of the window after the call
 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
 *
 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
 */
void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
					  u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
					  u16 received_mpdus);

5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590
/**
 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
 *
 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
 * buffer.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @ra: the peer's destination address
 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
 */
void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);

5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596
/**
 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5597
void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
5598
				 unsigned int tid);
5599

5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613
/**
 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620
static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						      const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
}
5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635

/**
 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
 *
 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
 * reordering.
 *
 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642
static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
						     const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
{
	if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
		return;
	ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
}
5643

5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658
/**
 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
 *
 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
 *
 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
 * @addr: station mac address
 * @tid: the rx tid
 */
void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);

5659
/* Rate control API */
5660

5661
/**
5662 5663 5664 5665 5666
 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
 *
 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
5667 5668
 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
 *	to be filled in
5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675
 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
 *	which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
 *	used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
 *	RTS threshold
 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
 *	if the selected rate supports it
5676
 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
5677
 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
5678
 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686
 */
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
	struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
	struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
	struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
	struct sk_buff *skb;
	struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
	bool rts, short_preamble;
5687
	u32 rate_idx_mask;
5688
	u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
5689
	bool bss;
5690 5691
};

5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705
/**
 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
 */
enum rate_control_capabilities {
	/**
	 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
	 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
	 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
	 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
	 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
	 */
	RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
};

5706
struct rate_control_ops {
5707
	unsigned long capa;
5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713
	const char *name;
	void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
	void (*free)(void *priv);

	void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
	void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5714
			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5715
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
5716
	void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5717
			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5718 5719
			    struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			    u32 changed);
5720 5721 5722
	void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			 void *priv_sta);

5723 5724 5725
	void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
			      struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
5726 5727 5728
	void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			  struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			  struct sk_buff *skb);
5729 5730
	void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
			 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5731 5732 5733 5734

	void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
				struct dentry *dir);
	void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
5735 5736

	u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
5737 5738 5739
};

static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5740
				 enum nl80211_band band,
5741 5742 5743 5744 5745
				 int index)
{
	return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
}

5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768
/**
 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
 *
 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
 * not null.
 *
 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
 *
 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
 * 	that this may be null.
 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
 */
bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
			   void *priv_sta,
			   struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);


5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779
static inline s8
rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
		  struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return i;

	/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
5780
	WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
5781

5782
	/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
5783 5784 5785
	return 0;
}

5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796
static inline
bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
			      struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
	unsigned int i;

	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
		if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
			return true;
	return false;
}
5797

5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813
/**
 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
 *
 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
 * the most recent rate control module decision.
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
 */
int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			   struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
			   struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);

5814 5815
int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5816

5817 5818 5819
static inline bool
conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5820
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5821 5822 5823 5824 5825
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5826 5827
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
5828 5829 5830 5831 5832
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5833 5834
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
	       conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
5835 5836 5837 5838 5839
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5840
	return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
5841 5842 5843 5844 5845
}

static inline bool
conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
{
5846 5847 5848
	return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
		(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
5849 5850
}

5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872
static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
{
	if (p2p) {
		switch (type) {
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
		case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
			return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
		default:
			break;
		}
	}
	return type;
}

static inline enum nl80211_iftype
ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
	return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
}

5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887
/**
 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
 *
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
 * matching GroupId management frame.
 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
 */
void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);

5888 5889 5890 5891 5892
void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   int rssi_min_thold,
				   int rssi_max_thold);

void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5893

5894
/**
5895
 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
5896 5897 5898
 *
 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
 *
5899 5900 5901 5902
 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
 *
 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
 * applicable.
5903
 */
5904 5905
int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);

5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917
/**
 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
 */
void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
				    gfp_t gfp);

5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
 * @band: the band to transmit on
 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
 *
 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
 */
bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
			      struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
			      int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);

5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978
/**
 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
 *
 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
 *
 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
 *
 * private:
 *
 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
 */
struct ieee80211_noa_data {
	u32 next_tsf;
	bool has_next_tsf;

	u8 absent;

	u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
	struct {
		u32 start;
		u32 duration;
		u32 interval;
	} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
};

/**
 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
 *
 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 *
 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
 */
int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
			    struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

/**
 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
 *
 * @data: NoA tracking data
 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
 */
void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);

5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991
/**
 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
 * @vif: virtual interface
 * @peer: the peer's destination address
 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 *
 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
 */
void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
				 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
				 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
5992

5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029
/**
 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
 *
 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
 * @tid: the TID to reserve
 *
 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
 */
int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

/**
 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
 *
 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
 *
 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
 *
 * @sta: the station
 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
 */
void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);

6030 6031 6032 6033
/**
 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
 *
 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6034
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6035 6036 6037 6038 6039
 *
 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
 */
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
				     struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054

/**
 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
 *
 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
 *
 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
 */
void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
			     unsigned long *frame_cnt,
			     unsigned long *byte_cnt);
6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @inst_id: the local instance id
 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
				   u8 inst_id,
				   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
				   gfp_t gfp);
6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086

/**
 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
 *
 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
 *
 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
 * @match: match event information
 * @gfp: allocation flags
 */
void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
			      struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
			      gfp_t gfp);

6087
#endif /* MAC80211_H */